daily update
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blobc61bf33392df43591b2e1739f2aecf998d7609b4
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* SECTION
24 ELF backends
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
209 bfd_boolean
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
216 return FALSE;
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
218 initialization? */
220 return TRUE;
223 bfd_boolean
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
230 char *
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
234 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
235 file_ptr offset;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
238 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
239 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
240 return NULL;
242 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
243 if (shstrtab == NULL)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
247 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
254 shstrtab = NULL;
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
259 shstrtab = NULL;
261 else
262 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
265 return (char *) shstrtab;
268 char *
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
270 unsigned int shindex,
271 unsigned int strindex)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
275 if (strindex == 0)
276 return "";
278 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
280 if (hdr->contents == NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
282 return NULL;
284 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
286 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
290 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
291 ? ".shstrtab"
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
293 return "";
296 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
305 Elf_Internal_Sym *
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
308 size_t symcount,
309 size_t symoffset,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
311 void *extsym_buf,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
315 void *alloc_ext;
316 const bfd_byte *esym;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
322 size_t extsym_size;
323 bfd_size_type amt;
324 file_ptr pos;
326 if (symcount == 0)
327 return intsym_buf;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
330 shndx_hdr = NULL;
331 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
332 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
335 alloc_ext = NULL;
336 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
337 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
338 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
339 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
340 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
341 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
343 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
344 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
346 if (extsym_buf == NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
350 intsym_buf = NULL;
351 goto out;
354 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
355 extshndx_buf = NULL;
356 else
358 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
359 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
360 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
362 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
364 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
366 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
370 intsym_buf = NULL;
371 goto out;
375 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
377 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
378 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
379 goto out;
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
384 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
385 isym < isymend;
386 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
387 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
389 out:
390 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
391 free (alloc_ext);
392 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
393 free (alloc_extshndx);
395 return intsym_buf;
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
399 const char *
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
403 asection *sym_sec)
405 const char *name;
406 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
407 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
409 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
412 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
414 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
415 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
418 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
419 if (name == NULL)
420 name = "(null)";
421 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
422 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
424 return name;
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
429 pointers. */
431 typedef union elf_internal_group {
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
433 unsigned int flags;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
439 static const char *
440 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
443 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
450 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
452 return NULL;
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
457 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
458 return NULL;
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
465 static bfd_boolean
466 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
468 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
472 if (num_group == 0)
474 unsigned int i, shnum;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
479 num_group = 0;
480 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
483 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
484 num_group += 1;
487 if (num_group == 0)
489 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
492 else
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
496 bfd_size_type amt;
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
499 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
502 return FALSE;
504 num_group = 0;
505 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
508 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
510 unsigned char *src;
511 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
515 num_group += 1;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
519 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
520 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
521 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
522 if (shdr->contents == NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
525 != shdr->sh_size))
526 return FALSE;
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
531 pointers. */
532 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
533 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
534 while (1)
536 unsigned int idx;
538 src -= 4;
539 --dest;
540 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
541 if (src == shdr->contents)
543 dest->flags = idx;
544 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
545 shdr->bfd_section->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
547 break;
549 if (idx >= shnum)
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
553 idx = 0;
555 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
562 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
564 unsigned int i;
566 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
569 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
570 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
574 while (--n_elt != 0)
575 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
577 asection *s = NULL;
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
581 next_in_group. */
582 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
583 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
584 while (--n_elt != 0)
585 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
587 break;
588 if (n_elt != 0)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
594 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
596 else
598 const char *gname;
600 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
601 if (gname == NULL)
602 return FALSE;
603 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
610 new member. */
611 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
614 i = num_group - 1;
615 break;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
623 abfd, newsect);
625 return TRUE;
628 bfd_boolean
629 _bfd_elf_setup_group_pointers (bfd *abfd)
631 unsigned int i;
632 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
633 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
635 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
636 return result;
638 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
641 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
642 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
644 while (--n_elt != 0)
645 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
646 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
647 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
648 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
649 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
650 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
651 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
652 relocation sections are in section group in input object
653 files. */
654 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
655 else
657 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
658 (*_bfd_error_handler)
659 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
660 abfd,
661 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
662 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
663 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
664 ->e_shstrndx),
665 idx->shdr->sh_name),
666 shdr->bfd_section->name);
667 result = FALSE;
670 return result;
673 bfd_boolean
674 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
676 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
679 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
680 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
682 bfd_boolean
683 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
685 const char *name,
686 int shindex)
688 asection *newsect;
689 flagword flags;
690 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
692 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
694 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
695 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
696 return TRUE;
699 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
700 if (newsect == NULL)
701 return FALSE;
703 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
704 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
705 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
707 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
708 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
709 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
711 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
713 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
714 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
715 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
716 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
717 return FALSE;
719 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
720 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
721 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
722 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
723 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
724 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
726 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
727 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
728 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
730 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
731 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
732 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
733 flags |= SEC_CODE;
734 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
735 flags |= SEC_DATA;
736 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
738 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
739 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
740 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
741 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
743 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
744 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
745 return FALSE;
746 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
747 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
749 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
751 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
752 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
753 static const struct
755 const char *name;
756 int len;
757 } debug_sections [] =
759 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
760 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
761 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
762 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
763 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
764 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
765 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
766 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
767 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
768 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
769 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
770 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
771 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
772 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
773 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
774 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
777 if (name [0] == '.')
779 int i = name [1] - 'd';
780 if (i >= 0
781 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
782 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
783 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
784 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
785 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
789 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
790 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
791 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
792 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
793 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
794 all but one of the sections. */
795 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
796 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
797 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
799 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
800 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
801 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
802 return FALSE;
804 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
805 return FALSE;
807 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
809 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
810 unsigned int i;
812 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
813 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
814 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
815 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
816 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
818 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
819 break;
821 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
823 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
824 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
826 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
827 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
828 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
829 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
831 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
832 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
833 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
834 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
835 place special significance on the address 0 and
836 executables need to be able to have a segment which
837 covers this address. */
838 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
839 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
840 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
841 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
842 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
843 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
844 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
846 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
847 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
848 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
849 else
850 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
851 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
852 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
853 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
854 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
855 segment will contain sections with contiguous
856 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
857 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
858 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
860 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
861 offsets whether a section with zero size should
862 be placed at the end of one segment or the
863 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
864 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
865 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
866 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
867 break;
873 return TRUE;
877 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
878 bfd_elf_find_section
880 SYNOPSIS
881 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
883 DESCRIPTION
884 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
885 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
886 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
887 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
888 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
891 struct elf_internal_shdr *
892 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
894 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
895 char *shstrtab;
896 unsigned int max;
897 unsigned int i;
899 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
900 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
902 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
903 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
904 if (shstrtab != NULL)
906 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
907 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
908 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
909 return i_shdrp[i];
912 return 0;
915 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
916 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
917 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
918 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
921 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
922 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
923 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
924 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
925 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
926 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
927 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
928 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
929 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
931 bfd_reloc_status_type
932 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
933 arelent *reloc_entry,
934 asymbol *symbol,
935 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
936 asection *input_section,
937 bfd *output_bfd,
938 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
940 if (output_bfd != NULL
941 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
942 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
943 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
945 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
946 return bfd_reloc_ok;
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
952 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
954 static void
955 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
956 asection *sec)
958 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
959 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
962 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
964 bfd_boolean
965 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
967 bfd *ibfd;
968 asection *sec;
970 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
971 return FALSE;
973 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
974 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
975 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
976 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
977 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
979 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
981 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
982 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
983 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
984 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
985 return FALSE;
986 else if (secdata->sec_info)
987 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
990 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
991 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
992 merge_sections_remove_hook);
993 return TRUE;
996 void
997 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
999 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1000 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1001 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1002 return;
1004 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1007 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1008 another. */
1010 bfd_boolean
1011 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1013 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1014 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1015 return TRUE;
1017 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1018 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1019 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1021 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1022 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1023 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1024 return TRUE;
1027 /* Print out the program headers. */
1029 bfd_boolean
1030 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1032 FILE *f = farg;
1033 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1034 asection *s;
1035 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1037 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1038 if (p != NULL)
1040 unsigned int i, c;
1042 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1043 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1044 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1046 const char *pt;
1047 char buf[20];
1049 switch (p->p_type)
1051 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1052 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1053 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1054 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1055 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1056 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1057 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1058 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1059 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1060 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1061 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1062 default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
1064 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1065 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1066 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1067 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1068 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1069 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1070 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1071 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1072 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1073 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1074 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1075 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1076 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1077 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1078 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1079 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1080 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1081 fprintf (f, "\n");
1085 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1086 if (s != NULL)
1088 int elfsec;
1089 unsigned long shlink;
1090 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1091 size_t extdynsize;
1092 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1094 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1096 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1097 goto error_return;
1099 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1100 if (elfsec == -1)
1101 goto error_return;
1102 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1104 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1105 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1107 extdyn = dynbuf;
1108 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1109 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1111 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1112 const char *name;
1113 char ab[20];
1114 bfd_boolean stringp;
1116 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1118 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1119 break;
1121 stringp = FALSE;
1122 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1124 default:
1125 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1126 name = ab;
1127 break;
1129 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1130 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1131 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1132 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1133 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1134 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1135 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1136 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1137 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1138 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1139 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1140 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1141 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1142 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1143 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1144 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1145 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1146 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1147 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1148 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1149 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1150 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1151 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1152 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1153 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1154 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1155 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1156 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1157 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1158 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1159 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1160 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1161 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1162 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1163 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1164 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1165 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1166 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1167 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1168 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1169 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1170 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1171 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1172 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1173 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1174 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1175 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1176 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1177 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1178 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1179 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1180 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1181 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1182 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1183 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1184 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1185 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1188 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1189 if (! stringp)
1190 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1191 else
1193 const char *string;
1194 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1196 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1197 if (string == NULL)
1198 goto error_return;
1199 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1201 fprintf (f, "\n");
1204 free (dynbuf);
1205 dynbuf = NULL;
1208 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1209 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1211 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1212 return FALSE;
1215 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1217 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1219 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1220 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1222 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1223 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1224 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1225 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1227 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1229 fprintf (f, "\t");
1230 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1231 a != NULL;
1232 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1233 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1234 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1235 fprintf (f, "\n");
1240 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1242 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1244 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1245 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1247 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1249 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1250 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1251 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1252 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1253 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1254 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1258 return TRUE;
1260 error_return:
1261 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1262 free (dynbuf);
1263 return FALSE;
1266 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1268 void
1269 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1270 void *filep,
1271 asymbol *symbol,
1272 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1274 FILE *file = filep;
1275 switch (how)
1277 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1278 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1279 break;
1280 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1281 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1282 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1283 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1284 break;
1285 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1287 const char *section_name;
1288 const char *name = NULL;
1289 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1290 unsigned char st_other;
1291 bfd_vma val;
1293 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1295 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1296 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1297 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1299 if (name == NULL)
1301 name = symbol->name;
1302 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1305 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1306 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1307 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1308 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1309 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1310 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1311 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1312 else
1313 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1314 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1316 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1317 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1318 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1319 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1321 unsigned int vernum;
1322 const char *version_string;
1324 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1326 if (vernum == 0)
1327 version_string = "";
1328 else if (vernum == 1)
1329 version_string = "Base";
1330 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1331 version_string =
1332 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1333 else
1335 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1337 version_string = "";
1338 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1339 t != NULL;
1340 t = t->vn_nextref)
1342 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1344 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1346 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1348 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1349 break;
1355 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1356 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1357 else
1359 int i;
1361 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1362 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1363 putc (' ', file);
1367 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1368 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1370 switch (st_other)
1372 case 0: break;
1373 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1374 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1375 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1376 default:
1377 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1378 everything hex. */
1379 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1382 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1384 break;
1388 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1390 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1391 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1392 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1393 const char *string)
1395 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1396 subclass. */
1397 if (entry == NULL)
1399 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1400 if (entry == NULL)
1401 return entry;
1404 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1405 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1406 if (entry != NULL)
1408 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1409 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1411 /* Set local fields. */
1412 ret->indx = -1;
1413 ret->dynindx = -1;
1414 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1415 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1416 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1417 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1418 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1419 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1420 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1421 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1422 ret->non_elf = 1;
1425 return entry;
1428 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1429 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1431 void
1432 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1433 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1434 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1436 bfd_signed_vma tmp;
1437 bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount;
1439 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1440 symbol which just became indirect. */
1442 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1443 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1444 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1445 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1446 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1447 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1449 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1450 return;
1452 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1453 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1454 tmp = dir->got.refcount;
1455 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1457 dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount;
1458 ind->got.refcount = tmp;
1460 else
1461 BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid);
1463 tmp = dir->plt.refcount;
1464 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1466 dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount;
1467 ind->plt.refcount = tmp;
1469 else
1470 BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid);
1472 if (dir->dynindx == -1)
1474 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1475 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1476 ind->dynindx = -1;
1477 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1479 else
1480 BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
1483 void
1484 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1485 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1486 bfd_boolean force_local)
1488 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1489 h->needs_plt = 0;
1490 if (force_local)
1492 h->forced_local = 1;
1493 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1495 h->dynindx = -1;
1496 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1497 h->dynstr_index);
1502 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1504 bfd_boolean
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1506 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1507 bfd *abfd,
1508 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1509 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1510 const char *))
1512 bfd_boolean ret;
1513 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1515 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1516 table->dynobj = NULL;
1517 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1518 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1519 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1520 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1521 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1522 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1523 table->dynstr = NULL;
1524 table->bucketcount = 0;
1525 table->needed = NULL;
1526 table->hgot = NULL;
1527 table->merge_info = NULL;
1528 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1529 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1530 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1531 table->runpath = NULL;
1532 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1533 table->tls_size = 0;
1534 table->loaded = NULL;
1535 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1537 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
1538 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1540 return ret;
1543 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1545 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1546 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1548 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1549 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1551 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1552 if (ret == NULL)
1553 return NULL;
1555 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
1557 free (ret);
1558 return NULL;
1561 return &ret->root;
1564 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1565 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1566 entry for a dynamic object. */
1568 void
1569 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1571 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1572 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1573 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1577 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1579 int lib_class;
1580 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1581 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1582 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1583 else
1584 lib_class = 0;
1585 return lib_class;
1588 void
1589 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1591 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1592 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1593 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1596 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1597 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1599 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1600 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1601 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1603 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1604 return NULL;
1605 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1608 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1609 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1611 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1612 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1613 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1615 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1616 return NULL;
1617 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1620 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1621 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1622 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1624 const char *
1625 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1628 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1629 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1630 return NULL;
1633 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1634 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1636 bfd_boolean
1637 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1638 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1640 asection *s;
1641 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1642 int elfsec;
1643 unsigned long shlink;
1644 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1645 size_t extdynsize;
1646 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1648 *pneeded = NULL;
1650 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1651 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1652 return TRUE;
1654 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1655 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1656 return TRUE;
1658 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1659 goto error_return;
1661 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1662 if (elfsec == -1)
1663 goto error_return;
1665 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1667 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1668 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1670 extdyn = dynbuf;
1671 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1672 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1674 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1676 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1678 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1679 break;
1681 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1683 const char *string;
1684 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1685 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1686 bfd_size_type amt;
1688 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1689 if (string == NULL)
1690 goto error_return;
1692 amt = sizeof *l;
1693 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1694 if (l == NULL)
1695 goto error_return;
1697 l->by = abfd;
1698 l->name = string;
1699 l->next = *pneeded;
1700 *pneeded = l;
1704 free (dynbuf);
1706 return TRUE;
1708 error_return:
1709 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1710 free (dynbuf);
1711 return FALSE;
1714 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1716 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1717 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1719 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1721 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1722 if (ret != NULL)
1724 bfd_size_type loc;
1726 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1727 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1728 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1730 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1731 ret = NULL;
1734 return ret;
1737 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1739 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1741 bfd_boolean
1742 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1744 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1745 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1746 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1747 const char *name;
1749 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1750 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1751 hdr->sh_name);
1752 if (name == NULL)
1753 return FALSE;
1755 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1757 case SHT_NULL:
1758 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1759 return TRUE;
1761 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1762 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1763 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1764 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1765 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1766 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1767 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1768 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1771 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1772 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1775 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1777 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1779 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1781 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1782 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1783 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1784 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1786 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1787 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1789 else
1791 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1793 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1794 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1796 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1797 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1799 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1800 break;
1805 break;
1807 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1808 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1809 return TRUE;
1811 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1812 return FALSE;
1813 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1814 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1815 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1816 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1817 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1819 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1820 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1821 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1822 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1823 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1824 linker. */
1825 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1826 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1827 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1828 shindex))
1829 return FALSE;
1831 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1832 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1833 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1834 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1836 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1838 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1839 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1841 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1842 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1843 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1844 break;
1846 if (i == num_sec)
1847 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1849 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1850 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1851 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1852 break;
1854 if (i != shindex)
1855 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1857 return TRUE;
1859 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1860 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1861 return TRUE;
1863 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1864 return FALSE;
1865 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1866 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1867 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1868 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1869 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1871 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1872 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1875 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1876 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1877 return TRUE;
1879 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1880 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1881 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1882 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1883 return TRUE;
1885 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1886 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1887 return TRUE;
1888 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1890 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1892 return TRUE;
1894 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1896 symtab_strtab:
1897 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1898 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1899 return TRUE;
1901 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1903 dynsymtab_strtab:
1904 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1905 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1906 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1907 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1908 can handle it. */
1909 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1910 shindex);
1913 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1914 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1915 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1916 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1918 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1920 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1921 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1923 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1924 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1926 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1927 if (i == shindex)
1928 return FALSE;
1929 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1930 return FALSE;
1931 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1932 goto symtab_strtab;
1933 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1934 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1938 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1940 case SHT_REL:
1941 case SHT_RELA:
1942 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1944 asection *target_sect;
1945 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1946 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1948 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1949 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1950 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1951 return FALSE;
1953 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1954 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1955 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1957 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1958 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1959 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1960 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1961 shindex);
1964 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1965 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1966 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1967 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1968 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1969 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1970 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1971 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1972 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1974 unsigned int scan;
1975 int found;
1977 found = 0;
1978 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1980 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1981 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1983 if (found != 0)
1985 found = 0;
1986 break;
1988 found = scan;
1991 if (found != 0)
1992 hdr->sh_link = found;
1995 /* Get the symbol table. */
1996 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1997 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1998 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1999 return FALSE;
2001 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2002 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2003 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2004 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2005 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2006 section. */
2007 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
2008 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2009 shindex);
2011 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2012 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2013 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2014 return FALSE;
2015 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2016 return FALSE;
2017 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2018 if (target_sect == NULL)
2019 return FALSE;
2021 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2022 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2023 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2024 else
2026 bfd_size_type amt;
2027 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2028 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2029 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2030 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2032 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2033 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2034 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2035 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2036 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2037 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2038 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2039 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2040 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2041 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2042 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2043 return TRUE;
2045 break;
2047 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2048 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2049 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2050 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2051 break;
2053 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2054 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2055 return FALSE;
2056 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2057 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2059 break;
2061 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2062 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2063 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2065 break;
2067 case SHT_SHLIB:
2068 return TRUE;
2070 case SHT_GROUP:
2071 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2072 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2073 name. */
2074 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2075 return FALSE;
2076 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2077 if (name == NULL)
2078 return FALSE;
2079 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2080 return FALSE;
2081 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2083 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2084 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2085 asection *s;
2087 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2088 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2089 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2091 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2092 idx += n_elt;
2093 while (--n_elt != 0)
2094 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2095 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2097 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2098 break;
2101 break;
2103 default:
2104 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2105 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2106 shindex);
2109 return TRUE;
2112 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2113 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2115 asection *
2116 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2117 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2118 asection *sec,
2119 unsigned long r_symndx)
2121 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2122 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2123 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2124 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2125 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2127 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2128 return cache->sec[ent];
2130 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2131 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2132 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2133 return NULL;
2135 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2137 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2138 cache->abfd = abfd;
2140 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2141 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2142 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2143 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2145 asection *s;
2146 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2147 if (s != NULL)
2148 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2150 return cache->sec[ent];
2153 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2154 section. */
2156 asection *
2157 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2159 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2160 return NULL;
2161 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2164 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2166 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2167 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2172 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2173 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2176 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2178 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2179 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2180 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2181 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2182 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2183 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2184 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2185 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2186 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2187 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2188 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2191 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2193 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2194 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2195 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2198 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2200 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2201 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2202 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2203 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2204 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2205 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2206 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2207 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2210 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2212 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2213 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2216 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2218 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2219 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2220 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2221 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2224 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2226 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2227 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2230 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2232 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2233 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2234 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2237 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2239 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2240 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2241 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2244 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2246 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2247 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2248 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2249 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2250 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2253 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2255 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2256 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2257 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2258 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2259 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2264 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2265 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2266 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2267 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2270 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2272 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2273 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2274 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2275 NULL, /* 'e' */
2276 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2277 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2278 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2279 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2280 NULL, /* 'j' */
2281 NULL, /* 'k' */
2282 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2283 NULL, /* 'm' */
2284 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2285 NULL, /* 'o' */
2286 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2287 NULL, /* 'q' */
2288 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2289 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2290 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2293 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2294 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2295 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2296 unsigned int rela)
2298 int i;
2299 int len;
2301 len = strlen (name);
2303 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2305 int suffix_len;
2306 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2308 if (len < prefix_len)
2309 continue;
2310 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2311 continue;
2313 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2314 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2316 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2318 if (suffix_len == 0)
2319 continue;
2320 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2321 && (suffix_len == -2
2322 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2323 continue;
2326 else
2328 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2329 continue;
2330 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2331 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2332 suffix_len) != 0)
2333 continue;
2335 return &spec[i];
2338 return NULL;
2341 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2342 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2344 int i;
2345 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2346 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2348 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2349 if (sec->name == NULL)
2350 return NULL;
2352 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2353 spec = bed->special_sections;
2354 if (spec)
2356 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2357 bed->special_sections,
2358 sec->use_rela_p);
2359 if (spec != NULL)
2360 return spec;
2363 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2364 return NULL;
2366 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2367 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2368 return NULL;
2370 spec = special_sections[i];
2372 if (spec == NULL)
2373 return NULL;
2375 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2378 bfd_boolean
2379 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2381 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2382 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2385 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2386 if (sdata == NULL)
2388 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2389 if (sdata == NULL)
2390 return FALSE;
2391 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2394 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2395 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2396 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2398 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2399 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2400 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2401 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2402 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2404 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2405 if (ssect != NULL)
2407 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2408 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2412 return TRUE;
2415 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2417 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2418 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2419 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2420 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2422 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2423 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2424 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2425 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2426 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2427 of combined data+bss.
2429 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2430 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2431 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2432 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2433 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2437 bfd_boolean
2438 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2439 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2440 int index,
2441 const char *typename)
2443 asection *newsect;
2444 char *name;
2445 char namebuf[64];
2446 size_t len;
2447 int split;
2449 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2450 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2451 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2452 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2453 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2454 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2455 if (!name)
2456 return FALSE;
2457 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2458 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2459 if (newsect == NULL)
2460 return FALSE;
2461 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2462 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2463 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2464 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2465 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2466 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2467 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2469 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2470 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2471 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2473 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2474 may be data. */
2475 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2478 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2480 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2483 if (split)
2485 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2486 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2487 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2488 if (!name)
2489 return FALSE;
2490 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2491 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2492 if (newsect == NULL)
2493 return FALSE;
2494 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2495 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2496 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2497 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2499 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2500 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2501 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2503 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2504 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2507 return TRUE;
2510 bfd_boolean
2511 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2513 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2515 switch (hdr->p_type)
2517 case PT_NULL:
2518 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2520 case PT_LOAD:
2521 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2523 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2524 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2526 case PT_INTERP:
2527 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2529 case PT_NOTE:
2530 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2531 return FALSE;
2532 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2533 return FALSE;
2534 return TRUE;
2536 case PT_SHLIB:
2537 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2539 case PT_PHDR:
2540 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2542 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2543 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2544 "eh_frame_hdr");
2546 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2547 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2549 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2550 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2552 default:
2553 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2554 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2555 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2559 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2560 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2561 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2563 bfd_boolean
2564 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2566 asection *asect,
2567 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2569 char *name;
2570 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2571 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2573 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2574 if (name == NULL)
2575 return FALSE;
2576 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2577 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2578 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2579 FALSE);
2580 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2581 return FALSE;
2582 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2583 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2584 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2585 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2586 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2587 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2588 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2589 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2590 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2592 return TRUE;
2595 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2597 static void
2598 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2600 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2601 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2602 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2604 if (*failedptr)
2606 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2607 loop. */
2608 return;
2611 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2613 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2614 asect->name, FALSE);
2615 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2617 *failedptr = TRUE;
2618 return;
2621 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2623 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2624 || asect->user_set_vma)
2625 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2626 else
2627 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2629 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2630 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2631 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2632 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2633 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2634 copy_private_section_data. */
2636 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2637 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2639 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2640 asect->flags. */
2641 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2643 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2645 /* We also need to mark SHF_GROUP here for relocatable
2646 link. */
2647 struct bfd_link_order *l;
2648 asection *elt;
2650 for (l = asect->map_head.link_order; l != NULL; l = l->next)
2651 if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
2652 && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
2655 /* The name is not important. Anything will do. */
2656 elf_group_name (elt->output_section) = "G";
2657 elf_section_flags (elt->output_section) |= SHF_GROUP;
2659 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2660 /* During a relocatable link, the lists are
2661 circular. */
2663 while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
2665 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2667 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2668 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2669 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2670 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2671 else
2672 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2675 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2677 default:
2678 break;
2680 case SHT_STRTAB:
2681 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2682 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2683 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2684 case SHT_NOTE:
2685 case SHT_NOBITS:
2686 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2687 break;
2689 case SHT_HASH:
2690 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2691 break;
2693 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2694 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2695 break;
2697 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2698 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2699 break;
2701 case SHT_RELA:
2702 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2703 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2704 break;
2706 case SHT_REL:
2707 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2708 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2709 break;
2711 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2712 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2713 break;
2715 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2716 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2717 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2718 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2719 zero. */
2720 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2721 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2722 else
2723 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2724 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2725 break;
2727 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2728 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2729 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2730 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2731 zero. */
2732 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2733 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2734 else
2735 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2736 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2737 break;
2739 case SHT_GROUP:
2740 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2741 break;
2744 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2745 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2746 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2747 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2748 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2749 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2750 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2752 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2753 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2754 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2755 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2757 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2758 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2759 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2761 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2762 if (asect->size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2764 struct bfd_link_order *o;
2766 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2767 for (o = asect->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
2768 if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size)
2769 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2770 if (this_hdr->sh_size)
2771 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2775 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2776 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2777 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2778 *failedptr = TRUE;
2780 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2781 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2782 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2783 create the other. */
2784 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2785 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2786 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2787 asect,
2788 asect->use_rela_p))
2789 *failedptr = TRUE;
2792 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2794 void
2795 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2797 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2798 unsigned long symindx;
2799 asection *elt, *first;
2800 unsigned char *loc;
2801 struct bfd_link_order *l;
2802 bfd_boolean gas;
2804 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2805 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2806 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2807 || *failedptr)
2808 return;
2810 symindx = 0;
2811 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2812 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2814 if (symindx == 0)
2816 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2817 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2818 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2819 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2820 else
2821 symindx = sec->target_index;
2823 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2825 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2826 gas = TRUE;
2827 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2829 gas = FALSE;
2830 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2832 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2833 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2834 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2836 *failedptr = TRUE;
2837 return;
2841 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2843 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2844 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2845 start of the input section group. */
2846 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2848 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2849 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2850 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2851 directives, not that it matters. */
2852 while (elt != NULL)
2854 asection *s;
2855 unsigned int idx;
2857 loc -= 4;
2858 s = elt;
2859 if (!gas)
2860 s = s->output_section;
2861 idx = 0;
2862 if (s != NULL)
2863 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2864 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2865 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2866 if (elt == first)
2867 break;
2870 /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because
2871 SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections
2872 instead. */
2873 for (l = sec->map_head.link_order; l != NULL; l = l->next)
2874 if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
2875 && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
2878 loc -= 4;
2879 H_PUT_32 (abfd,
2880 elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc);
2881 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2882 /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */
2884 while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
2886 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2887 abort ();
2889 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2892 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2893 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2894 in here too, while we're at it. */
2896 static bfd_boolean
2897 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2899 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2900 asection *sec;
2901 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2902 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2903 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2905 section_number = 1;
2907 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2909 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2910 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2912 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2913 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2915 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2917 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2919 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2921 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2922 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2923 abfd->section_count--;
2925 else
2927 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2928 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2929 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2935 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2937 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2939 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2941 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2942 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2943 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2945 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2946 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2947 d->rel_idx = 0;
2948 else
2950 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2951 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2952 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2953 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2956 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2958 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2959 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2960 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2961 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2963 else
2964 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2967 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2968 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2969 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2971 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2973 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2975 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2976 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2977 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2979 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2981 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2982 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2983 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2984 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2985 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2986 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2987 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2988 return FALSE;
2990 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2991 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2992 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2997 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2999 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3000 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3001 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
3002 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3004 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3005 indices. */
3006 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3007 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3008 return FALSE;
3010 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3011 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3013 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3014 return FALSE;
3017 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3019 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3020 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3022 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3023 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3025 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3026 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3028 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3029 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3032 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3034 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3035 asection *s;
3036 const char *name;
3038 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3039 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3040 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3041 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3042 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3044 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3046 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3047 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3048 the relocation entries apply. */
3049 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3051 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3052 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3054 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3056 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3057 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3060 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3061 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3063 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3064 if (s)
3065 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3066 else
3068 struct bfd_link_order *p;
3070 /* Find out what the corresponding section in output
3071 is. */
3072 for (p = sec->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3074 s = p->u.indirect.section;
3075 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
3076 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
3077 == bfd_target_elf_flavour))
3079 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const elf_shdrp
3080 = elf_elfsections (s->owner);
3081 int elfsec
3082 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s->owner, s);
3083 elfsec = elf_shdrp[elfsec]->sh_link;
3084 /* PR 290:
3085 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3086 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3087 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3088 where elfsec is 0. */
3089 if (elfsec == 0)
3091 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3092 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3093 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3094 bed->link_order_error_handler
3095 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3096 abfd, s);
3098 else
3100 s = elf_shdrp[elfsec]->bfd_section;
3101 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3103 asection *kept;
3104 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3105 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3106 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3107 s, s->owner);
3108 /* Point to the kept section if it has
3109 the same size as the discarded
3110 one. */
3111 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3112 if (kept == NULL)
3114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3115 return FALSE;
3117 s = kept;
3119 s = s->output_section;
3120 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3121 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3123 break;
3129 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3131 case SHT_REL:
3132 case SHT_RELA:
3133 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3134 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3135 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3136 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3137 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3138 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3139 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3140 if (s != NULL)
3141 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3143 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3144 name = sec->name;
3145 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3146 name += 4;
3147 else
3148 name += 5;
3149 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3150 if (s != NULL)
3151 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3152 break;
3154 case SHT_STRTAB:
3155 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3156 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3157 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3158 field to point to this section. */
3159 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3160 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3162 size_t len;
3163 char *alc;
3165 len = strlen (sec->name);
3166 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3167 if (alc == NULL)
3168 return FALSE;
3169 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3170 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3171 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3172 free (alc);
3173 if (s != NULL)
3175 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3177 /* This is a .stab section. */
3178 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3179 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3180 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3183 break;
3185 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3186 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3187 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3188 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3189 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3190 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3191 version strings. */
3192 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3193 if (s != NULL)
3194 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3195 break;
3197 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3198 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3199 list
3200 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3201 version strings. */
3202 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3203 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3204 if (s != NULL)
3205 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3206 break;
3208 case SHT_HASH:
3209 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3210 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3211 this hash table or version table is for. */
3212 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3213 if (s != NULL)
3214 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3215 break;
3217 case SHT_GROUP:
3218 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3222 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3223 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3224 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3225 else
3226 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3227 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3228 return TRUE;
3231 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3232 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3234 static int
3235 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3237 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3238 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3239 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3240 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3242 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3243 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3244 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3247 static bfd_boolean
3248 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3250 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3251 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3252 asymbol **sect_syms;
3253 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3254 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3255 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3256 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3257 int max_index = 0;
3258 unsigned int idx;
3259 asection *asect;
3260 asymbol **new_syms;
3262 #ifdef DEBUG
3263 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3264 fflush (stderr);
3265 #endif
3267 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3269 if (max_index < asect->index)
3270 max_index = asect->index;
3273 max_index++;
3274 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3275 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3276 return FALSE;
3277 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3278 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3280 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3281 decided to output. */
3282 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3284 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3286 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3287 && sym->value == 0)
3289 asection *sec;
3291 sec = sym->section;
3293 if (sec->owner != NULL)
3295 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3297 if (sec->output_offset != 0)
3298 continue;
3300 sec = sec->output_section;
3302 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3303 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3304 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3305 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3306 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3307 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3308 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3309 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3310 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3311 port that uses the generic linker. */
3312 if (sec->owner == NULL)
3313 continue;
3315 BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
3317 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3322 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3323 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3325 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3326 num_locals++;
3327 else
3328 num_globals++;
3331 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3332 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3333 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3334 at least in that case. */
3335 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3337 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3339 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3340 num_locals++;
3341 else
3342 num_globals++;
3346 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3347 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3349 if (new_syms == NULL)
3350 return FALSE;
3352 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3354 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3355 unsigned int i;
3357 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3358 i = num_locals2++;
3359 else
3360 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3361 new_syms[i] = sym;
3362 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3364 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3366 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3368 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3369 unsigned int i;
3371 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3372 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3373 i = num_locals2++;
3374 else
3375 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3376 new_syms[i] = sym;
3377 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3381 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3383 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3384 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3385 return TRUE;
3388 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3389 ELF data structure. */
3391 static inline file_ptr
3392 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3394 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3397 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3398 required section alignment. */
3400 file_ptr
3401 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3402 file_ptr offset,
3403 bfd_boolean align)
3405 if (align)
3407 unsigned int al;
3409 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3410 if (al > 1)
3411 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3413 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3414 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3415 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3416 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3417 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3418 return offset;
3421 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3422 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3423 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3425 bfd_boolean
3426 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3427 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3430 bfd_boolean failed;
3431 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3434 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3435 return TRUE;
3437 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3438 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3439 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3441 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3442 return FALSE;
3444 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3445 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3446 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3448 failed = FALSE;
3449 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3450 if (failed)
3451 return FALSE;
3453 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3454 return FALSE;
3456 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3457 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3459 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3460 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3462 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3463 return FALSE;
3466 if (link_info == NULL)
3468 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3469 if (failed)
3470 return FALSE;
3473 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3474 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3475 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3476 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3477 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3478 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3479 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3480 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3481 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3482 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3483 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3485 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3486 return FALSE;
3488 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3490 file_ptr off;
3491 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3493 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3495 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3496 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3498 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3499 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3500 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3502 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3503 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3505 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3507 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3508 out. */
3509 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3510 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3511 return FALSE;
3512 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3515 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3517 return TRUE;
3520 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3522 static struct elf_segment_map *
3523 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3524 asection **sections,
3525 unsigned int from,
3526 unsigned int to,
3527 bfd_boolean phdr)
3529 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3530 unsigned int i;
3531 asection **hdrpp;
3532 bfd_size_type amt;
3534 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3535 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3536 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3537 if (m == NULL)
3538 return NULL;
3539 m->next = NULL;
3540 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3541 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3542 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3543 m->count = to - from;
3545 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3547 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3548 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3549 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3552 return m;
3555 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3556 on failure. */
3558 struct elf_segment_map *
3559 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3561 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3563 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3564 if (m == NULL)
3565 return NULL;
3566 m->next = NULL;
3567 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3568 m->count = 1;
3569 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3571 return m;
3574 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3576 static bfd_boolean
3577 map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
3579 asection **sections = NULL;
3580 asection *s;
3581 unsigned int i;
3582 unsigned int count;
3583 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3584 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3585 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3586 asection *last_hdr;
3587 bfd_vma last_size;
3588 unsigned int phdr_index;
3589 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3590 asection **hdrpp;
3591 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3592 bfd_boolean writable;
3593 int tls_count = 0;
3594 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3595 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3596 bfd_size_type amt;
3598 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
3599 return TRUE;
3601 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
3602 return TRUE;
3604 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3606 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3607 if (sections == NULL)
3608 goto error_return;
3610 i = 0;
3611 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3613 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3615 sections[i] = s;
3616 ++i;
3619 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3620 count = i;
3622 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3624 /* Build the mapping. */
3626 mfirst = NULL;
3627 pm = &mfirst;
3629 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3630 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3631 section. */
3632 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3633 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3635 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3636 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3637 if (m == NULL)
3638 goto error_return;
3639 m->next = NULL;
3640 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3641 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3642 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3643 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3644 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3646 *pm = m;
3647 pm = &m->next;
3649 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3650 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3651 if (m == NULL)
3652 goto error_return;
3653 m->next = NULL;
3654 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3655 m->count = 1;
3656 m->sections[0] = s;
3658 *pm = m;
3659 pm = &m->next;
3662 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3663 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3664 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3665 last_hdr = NULL;
3666 last_size = 0;
3667 phdr_index = 0;
3668 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
3669 writable = FALSE;
3670 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3671 if (dynsec != NULL
3672 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3673 dynsec = NULL;
3675 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3676 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3677 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3678 program headers we will need. */
3679 if (count > 0)
3681 bfd_size_type phdr_size;
3683 phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3684 if (phdr_size == 0)
3685 phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
3686 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3687 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3688 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3689 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3692 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3694 asection *hdr;
3695 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3697 hdr = *hdrpp;
3699 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3700 segment. */
3702 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3704 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3705 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3706 new_segment = FALSE;
3708 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3710 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3711 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3712 segment. */
3713 new_segment = TRUE;
3715 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3716 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3718 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3719 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3720 new_segment = TRUE;
3722 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3723 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3725 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3726 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3727 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3728 new_segment = TRUE;
3730 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3732 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3733 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3734 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3735 new_segment = FALSE;
3737 else if (! writable
3738 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3739 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3740 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3741 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3743 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3744 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3745 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3746 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3747 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3748 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3749 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3750 new_segment = TRUE;
3752 else
3754 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3755 new_segment = FALSE;
3758 if (! new_segment)
3760 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3761 writable = TRUE;
3762 last_hdr = hdr;
3763 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3764 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3765 last_size = hdr->size;
3766 else
3767 last_size = 0;
3768 continue;
3771 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3772 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3774 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3775 if (m == NULL)
3776 goto error_return;
3778 *pm = m;
3779 pm = &m->next;
3781 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3782 writable = TRUE;
3783 else
3784 writable = FALSE;
3786 last_hdr = hdr;
3787 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3788 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3789 last_size = hdr->size;
3790 else
3791 last_size = 0;
3792 phdr_index = i;
3793 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3796 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3797 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3799 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3800 if (m == NULL)
3801 goto error_return;
3803 *pm = m;
3804 pm = &m->next;
3807 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3808 if (dynsec != NULL)
3810 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3811 if (m == NULL)
3812 goto error_return;
3813 *pm = m;
3814 pm = &m->next;
3817 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3818 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3819 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3820 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3821 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3822 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3824 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3825 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3827 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3828 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3829 if (m == NULL)
3830 goto error_return;
3831 m->next = NULL;
3832 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3833 m->count = 1;
3834 m->sections[0] = s;
3836 *pm = m;
3837 pm = &m->next;
3839 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3841 if (! tls_count)
3842 first_tls = s;
3843 tls_count++;
3847 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3848 if (tls_count > 0)
3850 int i;
3852 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3853 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3854 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3855 if (m == NULL)
3856 goto error_return;
3857 m->next = NULL;
3858 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3859 m->count = tls_count;
3860 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3861 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3862 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3863 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3865 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3866 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3867 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3870 *pm = m;
3871 pm = &m->next;
3874 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3875 segment. */
3876 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3877 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3878 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3880 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3881 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3882 if (m == NULL)
3883 goto error_return;
3884 m->next = NULL;
3885 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3886 m->count = 1;
3887 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3889 *pm = m;
3890 pm = &m->next;
3893 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3895 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3896 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3897 if (m == NULL)
3898 goto error_return;
3899 m->next = NULL;
3900 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3901 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3902 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3904 *pm = m;
3905 pm = &m->next;
3908 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3910 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3911 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3912 if (m == NULL)
3913 goto error_return;
3914 m->next = NULL;
3915 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3916 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3917 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3919 *pm = m;
3920 pm = &m->next;
3923 free (sections);
3924 sections = NULL;
3926 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3927 return TRUE;
3929 error_return:
3930 if (sections != NULL)
3931 free (sections);
3932 return FALSE;
3935 /* Sort sections by address. */
3937 static int
3938 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3940 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3941 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3942 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3944 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3945 place the section into a segment. */
3946 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3947 return -1;
3948 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3949 return 1;
3951 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3952 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3953 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3954 return -1;
3955 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3956 return 1;
3958 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3960 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3962 if (TOEND (sec1))
3964 if (TOEND (sec2))
3966 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3967 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3968 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3969 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3971 else
3972 return 1;
3974 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3975 return -1;
3977 #undef TOEND
3979 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3980 before others at the same address. */
3982 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3983 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3985 if (size1 < size2)
3986 return -1;
3987 if (size1 > size2)
3988 return 1;
3990 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3993 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3995 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3996 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3997 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3998 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3999 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4000 which is wrong.
4002 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4003 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4004 the page size.'' */
4005 /* In other words, something like:
4007 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4008 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4009 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4010 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4011 else
4012 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4014 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4016 static file_ptr
4017 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4019 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4022 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4023 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4024 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4026 static bfd_boolean
4027 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4029 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4030 unsigned int count;
4031 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4032 unsigned int alloc;
4033 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4034 file_ptr off, voff;
4035 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4036 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4037 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4039 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
4041 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
4042 return FALSE;
4044 else
4046 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4047 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4048 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4049 sections. */
4050 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
4051 m != NULL;
4052 m = m->next)
4054 unsigned int new_count;
4055 unsigned int i;
4057 new_count = 0;
4058 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
4060 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4061 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4062 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4064 if (i != new_count)
4065 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
4067 new_count ++;
4071 if (new_count != m->count)
4072 m->count = new_count;
4076 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
4078 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
4079 return FALSE;
4082 count = 0;
4083 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4084 ++count;
4086 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4087 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4088 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
4090 if (count == 0)
4092 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4093 return TRUE;
4096 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4097 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4098 is used in a linker script. */
4099 alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4100 if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
4102 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4103 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4104 abfd, alloc, count));
4105 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4106 return FALSE;
4109 if (alloc == 0)
4110 alloc = count;
4112 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4113 if (phdrs == NULL)
4114 return FALSE;
4116 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4117 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4119 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4120 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4121 phdrs_vaddr = 0;
4122 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4124 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4125 m != NULL;
4126 m = m->next, p++)
4128 unsigned int i;
4129 asection **secpp;
4131 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4132 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4133 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4134 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4135 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4136 if (m->count > 1
4137 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4138 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4139 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4140 elf_sort_sections);
4142 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4143 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4144 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4145 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4146 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4147 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4148 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4149 voff = 0;
4150 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4151 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4153 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4154 && m->count > 0)
4156 bfd_size_type align;
4157 bfd_vma adjust;
4158 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4160 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4162 unsigned int secalign;
4164 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4165 if (secalign > align_power)
4166 align_power = secalign;
4168 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4170 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
4171 align = bed->maxpagesize;
4173 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4174 off += adjust;
4175 if (adjust != 0
4176 && !m->includes_filehdr
4177 && !m->includes_phdrs
4178 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4180 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4181 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4182 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4183 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4184 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4185 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4186 i = 0;
4187 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4189 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4190 || ++i >= m->count)
4192 off -= adjust;
4193 voff = adjust - align;
4194 break;
4199 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4200 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4201 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4202 && m->count > 1
4203 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4205 _bfd_error_handler
4206 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4207 abfd);
4208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4209 return FALSE;
4212 if (m->count == 0)
4213 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4214 else
4215 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4217 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4218 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4219 else if (m->count == 0)
4220 p->p_paddr = 0;
4221 else
4222 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4224 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4225 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4226 p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
4227 else if (m->count == 0)
4228 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4229 else
4230 p->p_align = 0;
4232 p->p_offset = 0;
4233 p->p_filesz = 0;
4234 p->p_memsz = 0;
4236 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4238 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4239 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4240 p->p_offset = 0;
4241 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4242 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4243 if (m->count > 0)
4245 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4247 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4249 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4250 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4251 abfd);
4252 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4253 return FALSE;
4256 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4257 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4258 p->p_paddr -= off;
4260 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4262 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4263 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4267 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4269 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4270 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4272 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4274 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4276 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4277 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4280 else
4282 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4284 if (m->count > 0)
4286 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4287 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4288 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4289 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4292 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4294 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4295 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4297 else
4298 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4301 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4302 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4305 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4306 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4308 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4309 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4310 else
4312 file_ptr adjust;
4314 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4315 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4316 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4320 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4322 asection *sec;
4323 flagword flags;
4324 bfd_size_type align;
4326 sec = *secpp;
4327 flags = sec->flags;
4328 align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4330 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4331 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4333 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4335 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4337 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4338 if (adjust < 0)
4340 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4341 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4342 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4343 adjust = 0;
4345 off += adjust;
4346 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4347 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4349 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4350 normal segments. */
4351 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4352 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4354 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4355 modulo the page size. */
4356 bfd_size_type page = align;
4357 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
4358 page = bed->maxpagesize;
4359 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4360 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4361 page);
4362 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4366 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4368 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4369 everything. */
4370 if (i == 0)
4372 sec->filepos = off;
4373 off += sec->size;
4374 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4375 p->p_memsz = 0;
4376 p->p_align = 1;
4378 else
4380 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4381 sec->filepos = 0;
4382 sec->size = 0;
4383 sec->flags = 0;
4384 continue;
4387 else
4389 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4391 sec->filepos = off;
4392 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4393 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4394 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4395 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4396 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4397 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4398 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4399 people do this. The data statement results in a
4400 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4401 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4402 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4403 section with contents to the output. Make room
4404 here for the write, so that following segments are
4405 not trashed. */
4406 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4407 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4408 off += sec->size;
4411 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4413 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4414 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4416 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4417 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4418 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
4419 && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4420 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4422 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4423 normal segments. */
4424 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4425 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4426 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4428 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4429 && sec->size == 0
4430 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4432 struct bfd_link_order *o;
4433 bfd_vma tbss_size = 0;
4435 for (o = sec->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4436 if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size)
4437 tbss_size = o->offset + o->size;
4439 p->p_memsz += tbss_size;
4442 if (align > p->p_align
4443 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4444 p->p_align = align;
4447 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4449 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4450 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4451 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4452 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4453 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4458 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4459 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4460 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4461 m != NULL;
4462 m = m->next, p++)
4464 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
4466 BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
4467 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4468 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4469 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4470 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4471 if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
4473 unsigned int i;
4474 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4476 i = 1;
4477 while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
4478 ++i;
4479 off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4480 (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
4481 p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
4483 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4485 if (m->count == 0)
4487 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4489 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4490 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4491 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4493 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4495 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4496 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4497 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4499 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4501 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4503 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4505 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4506 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4507 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4508 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4509 >= link_info->relro_end)
4510 break;
4513 if (lp < phdrs + count
4514 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4516 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4517 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4518 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4519 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4520 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4521 p->p_align = 1;
4522 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4524 else
4526 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4527 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4533 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4534 for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
4536 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4537 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4540 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4542 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4544 /* Write out the program headers. */
4545 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4546 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
4547 return FALSE;
4549 return TRUE;
4552 /* Get the size of the program header.
4554 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4555 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4556 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4557 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4558 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4560 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4561 will be two segments. */
4563 static bfd_size_type
4564 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
4566 size_t segs;
4567 asection *s;
4568 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4570 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4571 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
4572 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4574 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
4576 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4578 segs = 0;
4579 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4580 ++segs;
4581 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4582 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4585 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4586 and one for data. */
4587 segs = 2;
4589 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4590 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4592 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4593 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4594 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4595 targets. */
4596 segs += 2;
4599 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4601 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4602 ++segs;
4605 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
4607 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4608 ++segs;
4611 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4613 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4614 ++segs;
4617 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4619 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4620 ++segs;
4623 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4625 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4626 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4628 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4629 ++segs;
4633 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4635 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4637 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4638 ++segs;
4639 break;
4643 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4644 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4646 int a;
4648 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
4649 if (a == -1)
4650 abort ();
4651 segs += a;
4654 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4655 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4658 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4659 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4660 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4662 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4663 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4664 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4665 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4666 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4667 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4668 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4670 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4672 static bfd_boolean
4673 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4674 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4676 struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4677 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4678 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4679 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4680 file_ptr off;
4681 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4683 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4684 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4686 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4687 unsigned int i;
4689 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4690 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4692 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4693 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4694 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4695 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4697 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4699 hdr = *hdrpp;
4700 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4701 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4702 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4703 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4704 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4706 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4708 else
4709 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4711 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4713 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4714 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4718 else
4720 unsigned int i;
4721 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4723 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4724 assignment of sections to segments. */
4725 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
4726 return FALSE;
4728 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4730 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4731 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4733 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4735 hdr = *hdrpp;
4736 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4737 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4738 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4739 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4741 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4742 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4743 abfd,
4744 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4745 ? "*unknown*"
4746 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4747 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4748 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4749 bed->maxpagesize);
4750 else
4751 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4752 hdr->sh_addralign);
4753 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4754 FALSE);
4756 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4757 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4758 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4759 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4760 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4761 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4762 else
4763 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4765 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4767 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4768 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4773 /* Place the section headers. */
4774 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4775 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4776 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4778 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4780 return TRUE;
4783 static bfd_boolean
4784 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4786 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4787 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4788 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4789 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4790 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4792 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4793 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4795 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4796 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4797 return FALSE;
4799 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4801 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4802 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4803 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4804 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4806 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4807 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4808 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4809 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4811 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4812 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4813 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4814 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4815 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4816 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4817 else
4818 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4820 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4822 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4823 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4824 break;
4826 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4827 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4828 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4829 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4830 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4831 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4832 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4833 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4834 default:
4835 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4838 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4839 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4841 /* No program header, for now. */
4842 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4843 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4844 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4846 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4847 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4848 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4850 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4851 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4852 /* It all happens later. */
4854 else
4856 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4857 i_phdrp = 0;
4858 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4861 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4862 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4863 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4864 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4865 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4866 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4867 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4868 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4869 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4870 return FALSE;
4872 return TRUE;
4875 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4876 of the loadable file image. */
4878 void
4879 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4881 file_ptr off;
4882 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4883 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4885 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4887 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4888 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4890 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4892 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4893 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4894 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4895 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4898 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4901 bfd_boolean
4902 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4904 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4905 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4906 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4907 bfd_boolean failed;
4908 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4910 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4911 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4912 return FALSE;
4914 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4915 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4917 failed = FALSE;
4918 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4919 if (failed)
4920 return FALSE;
4922 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4924 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4925 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4926 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4928 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4929 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4930 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4932 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4934 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4935 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4936 return FALSE;
4938 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4939 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4942 /* Write out the section header names. */
4943 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4944 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4945 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4946 return FALSE;
4948 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4949 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4950 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4952 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
4955 bfd_boolean
4956 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4958 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4959 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4962 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4965 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4967 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4968 int index;
4970 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4971 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4972 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4974 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4975 index = SHN_ABS;
4976 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4977 index = SHN_COMMON;
4978 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4979 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4980 else
4981 index = -1;
4983 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4984 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4986 int retval = index;
4988 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4989 return retval;
4992 if (index == -1)
4993 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4995 return index;
4998 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4999 on error. */
5002 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5004 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5005 int idx;
5006 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5008 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5009 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5010 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5011 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5012 input sections rather than the output section. */
5013 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5014 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5015 && asym_ptr->section)
5017 int indx;
5019 if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
5020 indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
5021 else
5022 indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
5023 if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5024 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5025 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5028 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5030 if (idx == 0)
5032 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5033 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5034 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5035 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5036 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5037 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5038 return -1;
5041 #if DEBUG & 4
5043 fprintf (stderr,
5044 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5045 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5046 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5047 fflush (stderr);
5049 #endif
5051 return idx;
5054 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
5056 static bfd_boolean
5057 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5059 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5060 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5061 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5062 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5063 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5064 asection *section;
5065 unsigned int i;
5066 unsigned int num_segments;
5067 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5068 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5069 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5070 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5071 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5075 return TRUE;
5077 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5078 return TRUE;
5080 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5081 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5083 map_first = NULL;
5084 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5086 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5087 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5089 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5090 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5091 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5092 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5094 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5095 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5096 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5097 ? section->size : 0)
5099 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5100 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5101 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5102 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5103 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5104 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5106 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5107 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5108 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5109 (section->lma >= base \
5110 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5111 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5113 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5114 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5115 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5116 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5117 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5118 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5119 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5120 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5122 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5123 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5124 p_memsz set to 0. */
5125 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5126 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5127 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5128 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5129 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5130 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5131 && s->size > 0 \
5132 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5133 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5134 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5136 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5137 A section will be included if:
5138 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5139 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5140 2. It is an allocated segment,
5141 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5142 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5143 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5144 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5145 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5146 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5147 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5148 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5149 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5150 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5151 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5152 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5153 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5154 && section->output_section != NULL \
5155 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5156 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5157 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5158 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5159 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5160 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5161 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5162 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5163 || (segment->p_paddr \
5164 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5165 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5166 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5167 == 0)) \
5168 && ! section->segment_mark)
5170 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5171 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5172 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5174 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5175 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5176 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5177 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5178 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5179 LMA. */
5180 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5181 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5182 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5183 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5184 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5186 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5187 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5188 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5190 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5191 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5192 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5193 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5194 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5195 i < num_segments;
5196 i++, segment++)
5198 unsigned int j;
5199 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5201 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5202 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5203 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5205 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5206 assignment code will work. */
5207 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5208 break;
5211 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5212 continue;
5214 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5215 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5217 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5219 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5220 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5221 continue;
5223 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5224 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5226 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5227 SEGMENT. */
5228 extra_length =
5229 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5230 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5232 if (extra_length > 0)
5234 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5235 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5238 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5240 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5241 i = 0;
5242 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5243 break;
5245 else
5247 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5248 SEGMENT2. */
5249 extra_length =
5250 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5251 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5253 if (extra_length > 0)
5255 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5256 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5259 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5264 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5265 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5266 i < num_segments;
5267 i ++, segment ++)
5269 unsigned int section_count;
5270 asection ** sections;
5271 asection * output_section;
5272 unsigned int isec;
5273 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5274 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5275 unsigned int j;
5276 bfd_size_type amt;
5278 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5279 continue;
5281 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5282 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5283 section != NULL;
5284 section = section->next)
5285 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5286 ++section_count;
5288 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5289 all of the sections we have selected. */
5290 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5291 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5292 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5293 if (map == NULL)
5294 return FALSE;
5296 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5297 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5298 map->next = NULL;
5299 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5300 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5301 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5302 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5303 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5305 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5306 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5307 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5308 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5310 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5312 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5314 map->includes_phdrs =
5315 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5316 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5317 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5318 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5320 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5321 phdr_included = TRUE;
5324 if (section_count == 0)
5326 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5327 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5328 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5329 a warning is produced. */
5330 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5331 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5332 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5333 ibfd);
5335 map->count = 0;
5336 *pointer_to_map = map;
5337 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5339 continue;
5342 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5343 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5344 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5345 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5347 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5348 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5349 input BFD.
5351 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5352 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5353 of the first section.
5355 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5356 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5357 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5358 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5359 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5361 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5362 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5363 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5364 or segments to contain the other sections.
5366 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5367 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5368 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5370 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5371 to work around this long long bug. */
5372 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5373 if (sections == NULL)
5374 return FALSE;
5376 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5377 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5378 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5379 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5380 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5381 more to do. */
5382 isec = 0;
5383 matching_lma = 0;
5384 suggested_lma = 0;
5386 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5387 section != NULL;
5388 section = section->next)
5390 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5392 output_section = section->output_section;
5394 sections[j ++] = section;
5396 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5397 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5398 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5399 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5400 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5401 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5402 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5403 && isec == 0
5404 && output_section->lma != 0
5405 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5406 + (map->includes_filehdr
5407 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5408 : 0)
5409 + (map->includes_phdrs
5410 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5411 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5412 : 0))))
5413 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5415 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5416 LMA address of the output section. */
5417 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5418 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5419 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5420 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5423 if (matching_lma == 0)
5424 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5426 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5427 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5428 segment. */
5429 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5431 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5432 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5436 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5438 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5439 if necessary. */
5440 if (isec == section_count)
5442 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5443 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5444 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5445 program header in the input BFD. */
5446 map->count = section_count;
5447 *pointer_to_map = map;
5448 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5450 free (sections);
5451 continue;
5453 else
5455 if (matching_lma != 0)
5457 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5458 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5459 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5460 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5462 else
5464 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5465 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5466 the LMA of the first section. */
5467 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5470 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5471 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5472 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5473 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5475 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5477 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5479 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5480 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5481 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5482 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5483 offset when we know the correct value. */
5484 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5485 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5489 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5490 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5491 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5492 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5493 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5494 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5495 the loop. */
5496 isec = 0;
5499 map->count = 0;
5500 suggested_lma = 0;
5502 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5503 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5505 section = sections[j];
5507 if (section == NULL)
5508 continue;
5510 output_section = section->output_section;
5512 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5514 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5515 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5517 if (map->count == 0)
5519 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5520 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5521 wrong. */
5522 if (output_section->lma !=
5523 (map->p_paddr
5524 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5525 + (map->includes_phdrs
5526 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5527 : 0)))
5528 abort ();
5530 else
5532 asection * prev_sec;
5534 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5536 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5537 and the start of this section is more than
5538 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5539 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5540 maxpagesize)
5541 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5542 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5543 > output_section->lma))
5545 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5546 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5548 continue;
5552 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5553 ++isec;
5554 sections[j] = NULL;
5555 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5557 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5558 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5561 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5563 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5564 *pointer_to_map = map;
5565 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5567 if (isec < section_count)
5569 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5570 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5571 and carry on looping. */
5572 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5573 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5574 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5575 if (map == NULL)
5577 free (sections);
5578 return FALSE;
5581 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5582 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5583 not yet been assigned. */
5584 map->next = NULL;
5585 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5586 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5587 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5588 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5589 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5590 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5591 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5594 while (isec < section_count);
5596 free (sections);
5599 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5600 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5601 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5602 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5603 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5604 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5605 break;
5606 if (map == NULL)
5607 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5608 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5610 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5612 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5613 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5614 the offset if necessary. */
5615 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5617 unsigned int count;
5619 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5620 count++;
5622 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5623 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5624 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5627 #undef SEGMENT_END
5628 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5629 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5630 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5631 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5632 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5633 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5634 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5635 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5636 return TRUE;
5639 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5640 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5642 bfd_boolean
5643 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5644 asection *isec,
5645 bfd *obfd,
5646 asection *osec)
5648 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5650 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5651 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5652 return TRUE;
5654 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5655 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5657 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5659 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5660 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5661 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5662 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5663 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5665 /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will
5666 have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group
5667 members. Ignore linker created group section. See
5668 elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5669 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5670 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5672 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5673 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5676 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5678 return TRUE;
5681 /* Copy private header information. */
5683 bfd_boolean
5684 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5686 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5687 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5688 return TRUE;
5690 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5691 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5692 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5693 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5694 already been worked out. */
5695 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5697 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5698 return FALSE;
5701 return TRUE;
5704 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5705 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5706 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5707 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5708 swap_out_syms function. */
5710 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5711 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5712 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5713 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5714 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5716 bfd_boolean
5717 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5718 asymbol *isymarg,
5719 bfd *obfd,
5720 asymbol *osymarg)
5722 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5724 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5725 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5726 return TRUE;
5728 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5729 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5731 if (isym != NULL
5732 && osym != NULL
5733 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5735 unsigned int shndx;
5737 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5738 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5739 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5740 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5741 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5742 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5743 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5744 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5745 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5746 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5747 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5748 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5751 return TRUE;
5754 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5756 static bfd_boolean
5757 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5758 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5759 int relocatable_p)
5761 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5762 int symcount;
5763 asymbol **syms;
5764 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5765 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5766 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5767 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5768 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5769 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5770 int idx;
5771 bfd_size_type amt;
5772 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5774 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5775 return FALSE;
5777 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5778 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5779 if (stt == NULL)
5780 return FALSE;
5782 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5783 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5784 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5785 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5786 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5787 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5788 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5789 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5791 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5792 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5794 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5795 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5797 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5798 return FALSE;
5800 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5802 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5803 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5804 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5806 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5807 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5808 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5809 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5811 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5812 return FALSE;
5815 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5816 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5817 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5818 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5819 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5822 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5824 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5825 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5826 sym.st_name = 0;
5827 sym.st_value = 0;
5828 sym.st_size = 0;
5829 sym.st_info = 0;
5830 sym.st_other = 0;
5831 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5832 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5833 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5834 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5835 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5838 name_local_sections
5839 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5840 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5842 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5843 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
5845 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5846 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
5847 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
5848 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
5849 int type;
5851 if (!name_local_sections
5852 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5854 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
5855 sym.st_name = 0;
5857 else
5859 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
5860 syms[idx]->name,
5861 TRUE, FALSE);
5862 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
5864 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5865 return FALSE;
5869 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
5871 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
5872 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5874 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
5875 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
5876 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
5877 sym.st_size = value;
5878 if (type_ptr == NULL
5879 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
5880 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
5881 else
5882 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
5883 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
5884 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
5886 else
5888 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
5889 int shndx;
5891 if (sec->output_section)
5893 value += sec->output_offset;
5894 sec = sec->output_section;
5897 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
5898 if (! relocatable_p)
5899 value += sec->vma;
5900 sym.st_value = value;
5901 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
5903 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
5904 && type_ptr != NULL
5905 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
5907 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
5908 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
5909 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
5910 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5911 switch (shndx)
5913 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
5914 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
5915 break;
5916 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
5917 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
5918 break;
5919 case MAP_STRTAB:
5920 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
5921 break;
5922 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
5923 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
5924 break;
5925 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
5926 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
5927 break;
5928 default:
5929 break;
5932 else
5934 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
5936 if (shndx == -1)
5938 asection *sec2;
5940 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
5941 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
5942 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
5943 demand of applications. For example, it
5944 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
5945 section of a symbol to be a section that is
5946 actually in the output file. */
5947 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
5948 if (sec2 == NULL)
5950 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
5951 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
5952 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
5953 sec->name);
5954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
5955 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5956 return FALSE;
5959 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
5960 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
5964 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5967 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
5968 type = STT_TLS;
5969 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
5970 type = STT_FUNC;
5971 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
5972 type = STT_OBJECT;
5973 else
5974 type = STT_NOTYPE;
5976 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5977 type = STT_TLS;
5979 /* Processor-specific types. */
5980 if (type_ptr != NULL
5981 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5982 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5983 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
5985 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5987 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
5988 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5989 else
5990 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
5992 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5993 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
5994 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
5995 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
5996 ? STB_WEAK
5997 : STB_GLOBAL),
5998 type);
5999 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6000 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6001 else
6003 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6005 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6006 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6007 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6008 bind = STB_WEAK;
6009 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6010 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6012 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6015 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6016 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6017 else
6018 sym.st_other = 0;
6020 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6021 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6022 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6023 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6026 *sttp = stt;
6027 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6028 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6030 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6031 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6032 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6033 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6034 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6035 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6037 return TRUE;
6040 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6042 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6043 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6044 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6046 long
6047 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6049 long symcount;
6050 long symtab_size;
6051 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6053 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6054 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6055 if (symcount > 0)
6056 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6058 return symtab_size;
6061 long
6062 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6064 long symcount;
6065 long symtab_size;
6066 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6068 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6070 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6071 return -1;
6074 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6075 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6076 if (symcount > 0)
6077 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6079 return symtab_size;
6082 long
6083 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6084 sec_ptr asect)
6086 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6089 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6091 long
6092 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6093 sec_ptr section,
6094 arelent **relptr,
6095 asymbol **symbols)
6097 arelent *tblptr;
6098 unsigned int i;
6099 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6101 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6102 return -1;
6104 tblptr = section->relocation;
6105 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6106 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6108 *relptr = NULL;
6110 return section->reloc_count;
6113 long
6114 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6116 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6117 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6119 if (symcount >= 0)
6120 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6121 return symcount;
6124 long
6125 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6126 asymbol **allocation)
6128 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6129 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6131 if (symcount >= 0)
6132 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6133 return symcount;
6136 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6137 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6138 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6139 dynamic reloc section. */
6141 long
6142 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6144 long ret;
6145 asection *s;
6147 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6149 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6150 return -1;
6153 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6154 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6155 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6156 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6157 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6158 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6159 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6160 * sizeof (arelent *));
6162 return ret;
6165 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6166 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6167 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6168 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6169 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6170 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6171 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6173 long
6174 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6175 arelent **storage,
6176 asymbol **syms)
6178 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6179 asection *s;
6180 long ret;
6182 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6184 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6185 return -1;
6188 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6189 ret = 0;
6190 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6192 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6193 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6194 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6195 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6197 arelent *p;
6198 long count, i;
6200 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6201 return -1;
6202 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6203 p = s->relocation;
6204 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6205 *storage++ = p++;
6206 ret += count;
6210 *storage = NULL;
6212 return ret;
6215 /* Read in the version information. */
6217 bfd_boolean
6218 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6220 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6221 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6223 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6225 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6226 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6227 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6228 unsigned int i;
6229 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6231 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6233 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6234 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6235 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6236 goto error_return;
6238 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6240 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6241 if (contents == NULL)
6243 error_return_verref:
6244 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6245 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6246 goto error_return;
6248 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6249 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6250 goto error_return_verref;
6252 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6253 goto error_return_verref;
6255 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6256 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6257 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6258 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6259 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6260 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6262 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6263 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6264 unsigned int j;
6266 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6268 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6270 iverneed->vn_filename =
6271 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6272 iverneed->vn_file);
6273 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6274 goto error_return_verref;
6276 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6277 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6278 else
6280 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6281 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6282 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6283 goto error_return_verref;
6286 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6287 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6288 goto error_return_verref;
6290 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6291 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6292 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6293 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6295 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6297 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6298 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6299 ivernaux->vna_name);
6300 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6301 goto error_return_verref;
6303 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6304 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6305 else
6306 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6308 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6309 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6310 goto error_return_verref;
6312 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6313 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6315 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6316 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6319 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6320 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6321 else
6322 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6324 if (iverneed->vn_next
6325 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6326 goto error_return_verref;
6328 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6329 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6332 free (contents);
6333 contents = NULL;
6336 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6338 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6339 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6340 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6341 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6342 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6343 unsigned int i;
6344 unsigned int maxidx;
6345 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6347 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6349 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6350 if (contents == NULL)
6351 goto error_return;
6352 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6353 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6354 goto error_return;
6356 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6357 goto error_return;
6359 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6360 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6361 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6362 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6363 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6364 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6366 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6367 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6368 the maximum. */
6369 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6370 maxidx = 0;
6371 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6373 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6375 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6376 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6378 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6379 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6380 goto error_return;
6382 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6383 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6386 if (default_imported_symver)
6388 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6389 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6390 else
6391 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6393 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6394 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6395 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6396 goto error_return;
6398 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6400 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6401 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6402 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6404 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6405 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6406 unsigned int j;
6408 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6410 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6412 error_return_verdef:
6413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6414 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6415 goto error_return;
6418 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6419 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6421 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6423 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6424 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6425 else
6427 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6428 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6429 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6430 goto error_return_verdef;
6433 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6434 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6435 goto error_return_verdef;
6437 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6438 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6439 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6440 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6442 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6444 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6445 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6446 iverdaux->vda_name);
6447 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6448 goto error_return_verdef;
6450 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6451 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6452 else
6453 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6455 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6456 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6457 goto error_return_verdef;
6459 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6460 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6463 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6464 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6466 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6467 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6468 else
6469 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6471 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6472 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6475 free (contents);
6476 contents = NULL;
6478 else if (default_imported_symver)
6480 if (freeidx < 3)
6481 freeidx = 3;
6482 else
6483 freeidx++;
6485 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6486 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6487 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6488 goto error_return;
6490 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6493 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6494 if (default_imported_symver)
6496 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6497 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6499 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6501 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6502 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6503 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6504 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6506 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6508 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6509 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6510 goto error_return_verdef;
6511 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6512 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6513 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6514 goto error_return_verdef;
6516 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6517 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6518 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6521 return TRUE;
6523 error_return:
6524 if (contents != NULL)
6525 free (contents);
6526 return FALSE;
6529 asymbol *
6530 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6532 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6533 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6535 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6536 if (!newsym)
6537 return NULL;
6538 else
6540 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6541 return &newsym->symbol;
6545 void
6546 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6547 asymbol *symbol,
6548 symbol_info *ret)
6550 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6553 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6554 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6555 override it. */
6557 bfd_boolean
6558 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6559 const char *name)
6561 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6562 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6563 return TRUE;
6565 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6566 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6567 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6568 return TRUE;
6570 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6571 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6572 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6574 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6575 we treat such symbols as local. */
6576 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6577 return TRUE;
6579 return FALSE;
6582 alent *
6583 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6584 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6586 abort ();
6587 return NULL;
6590 bfd_boolean
6591 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6592 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6593 unsigned long machine)
6595 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6596 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6597 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6598 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6599 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6600 return FALSE;
6602 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6605 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6606 for error reporting. */
6608 static bfd_boolean
6609 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6610 asection *section,
6611 asymbol **symbols,
6612 bfd_vma offset,
6613 const char **filename_ptr,
6614 const char **functionname_ptr)
6616 const char *filename;
6617 asymbol *func, *file;
6618 bfd_vma low_func;
6619 asymbol **p;
6620 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6621 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6622 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6623 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6624 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6625 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6626 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6627 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6628 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6630 filename = NULL;
6631 func = NULL;
6632 file = NULL;
6633 low_func = 0;
6634 state = nothing_seen;
6636 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6638 elf_symbol_type *q;
6640 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6642 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6644 default:
6645 break;
6646 case STT_FILE:
6647 file = &q->symbol;
6648 if (state == symbol_seen)
6649 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6650 continue;
6651 case STT_SECTION:
6652 continue;
6653 case STT_NOTYPE:
6654 case STT_FUNC:
6655 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6656 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6657 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6659 func = (asymbol *) q;
6660 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6661 if (file == NULL)
6662 filename = NULL;
6663 else if (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STB_LOCAL
6664 && state == file_after_symbol_seen)
6665 filename = NULL;
6666 else
6667 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6669 break;
6671 if (state == nothing_seen)
6672 state = symbol_seen;
6675 if (func == NULL)
6676 return FALSE;
6678 if (filename_ptr)
6679 *filename_ptr = filename;
6680 if (functionname_ptr)
6681 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6683 return TRUE;
6686 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6687 for error reporting. */
6689 bfd_boolean
6690 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6691 asection *section,
6692 asymbol **symbols,
6693 bfd_vma offset,
6694 const char **filename_ptr,
6695 const char **functionname_ptr,
6696 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6698 bfd_boolean found;
6700 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6701 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6702 line_ptr))
6704 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6705 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6706 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6707 functionname_ptr);
6709 return TRUE;
6712 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6713 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6714 line_ptr, 0,
6715 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6717 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6718 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6719 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6720 functionname_ptr);
6722 return TRUE;
6725 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6726 &found, filename_ptr,
6727 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6728 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6729 return FALSE;
6730 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6731 return TRUE;
6733 if (symbols == NULL)
6734 return FALSE;
6736 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6737 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6738 return FALSE;
6740 *line_ptr = 0;
6741 return TRUE;
6744 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6746 bfd_boolean
6747 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6748 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6750 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6751 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6752 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6755 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6756 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6757 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6758 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6759 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6761 bfd_boolean
6762 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6763 const char **filename_ptr,
6764 const char **functionname_ptr,
6765 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6767 bfd_boolean found;
6768 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6769 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6770 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6771 return found;
6775 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
6777 int ret;
6779 ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6780 if (! reloc)
6781 ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
6782 return ret;
6785 bfd_boolean
6786 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6787 sec_ptr section,
6788 const void *location,
6789 file_ptr offset,
6790 bfd_size_type count)
6792 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6793 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6795 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6796 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6797 return FALSE;
6799 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6800 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6801 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6802 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6803 return FALSE;
6805 return TRUE;
6808 void
6809 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6810 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6811 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6813 abort ();
6816 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6818 bfd_boolean
6819 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6821 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6823 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6825 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6826 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6828 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
6829 equivalent ELF reloc. */
6831 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
6833 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6835 case 8:
6836 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
6837 break;
6838 case 12:
6839 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
6840 break;
6841 case 16:
6842 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
6843 break;
6844 case 24:
6845 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
6846 break;
6847 case 32:
6848 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
6849 break;
6850 case 64:
6851 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
6852 break;
6853 default:
6854 goto fail;
6857 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6859 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
6861 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
6862 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
6863 else
6864 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
6867 else
6869 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6871 case 8:
6872 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
6873 break;
6874 case 14:
6875 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
6876 break;
6877 case 16:
6878 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
6879 break;
6880 case 26:
6881 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
6882 break;
6883 case 32:
6884 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
6885 break;
6886 case 64:
6887 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
6888 break;
6889 default:
6890 goto fail;
6893 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6896 if (howto)
6897 areloc->howto = howto;
6898 else
6899 goto fail;
6902 return TRUE;
6904 fail:
6905 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6906 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
6907 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
6908 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6909 return FALSE;
6912 bfd_boolean
6913 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
6915 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
6917 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
6918 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6919 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
6922 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
6925 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
6926 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
6927 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
6928 this reloc. */
6930 bfd_reloc_status_type
6931 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
6932 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6933 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6934 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6935 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6937 return bfd_reloc_ok;
6940 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
6941 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
6942 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
6943 out details about the corefile. */
6945 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
6946 # include <sys/procfs.h>
6947 #endif
6949 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
6951 static int
6952 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
6954 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
6955 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
6958 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
6959 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
6960 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
6961 overwrite it. */
6963 static bfd_boolean
6964 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
6966 asection *sect2;
6968 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
6969 return TRUE;
6971 sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
6972 if (sect2 == NULL)
6973 return FALSE;
6975 sect2->size = sect->size;
6976 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
6977 sect2->flags = sect->flags;
6978 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
6979 return TRUE;
6982 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
6983 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
6984 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
6985 such a section already exists.
6986 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
6987 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
6988 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
6989 bfd_boolean
6990 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
6991 char *name,
6992 size_t size,
6993 ufile_ptr filepos)
6995 char buf[100];
6996 char *threaded_name;
6997 size_t len;
6998 asection *sect;
7000 /* Build the section name. */
7002 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7003 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7004 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7005 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7006 return FALSE;
7007 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7009 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
7010 if (sect == NULL)
7011 return FALSE;
7012 sect->size = size;
7013 sect->filepos = filepos;
7014 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7015 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7017 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7020 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7021 solaris 2.5+
7022 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7023 unixware 4.2
7026 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7028 static bfd_boolean
7029 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7031 size_t size;
7032 int offset;
7034 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7036 prstatus_t prstat;
7038 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7039 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7040 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7042 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7043 has already been set by another thread. */
7044 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7045 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7046 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7048 /* pr_who exists on:
7049 solaris 2.5+
7050 unixware 4.2
7051 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7052 linux 2.[01]
7054 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7055 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7056 #endif
7058 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7059 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7061 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7062 prstatus32_t prstat;
7064 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7065 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7066 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7068 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7069 has already been set by another thread. */
7070 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7071 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7072 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7074 /* pr_who exists on:
7075 solaris 2.5+
7076 unixware 4.2
7077 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7078 linux 2.[01]
7080 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7081 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7082 #endif
7084 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7085 else
7087 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7088 note size (ie. data object type). */
7089 return TRUE;
7092 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7093 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7094 size, note->descpos + offset);
7096 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7098 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7099 static bfd_boolean
7100 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7101 char *name,
7102 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7104 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7105 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7108 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7109 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7110 data structure apart. */
7112 static bfd_boolean
7113 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7115 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7118 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7119 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7120 literally. */
7122 static bfd_boolean
7123 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7125 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7128 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7129 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7130 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7131 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7132 #endif
7133 #endif
7135 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7136 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7137 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7138 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7139 #endif
7140 #endif
7142 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7143 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7144 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7146 char *
7147 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7149 char *dups;
7150 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7151 size_t len;
7153 if (end == NULL)
7154 len = max;
7155 else
7156 len = end - start;
7158 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7159 if (dups == NULL)
7160 return NULL;
7162 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7163 dups[len] = '\0';
7165 return dups;
7168 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7169 static bfd_boolean
7170 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7172 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7174 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7176 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7178 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7179 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7180 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7182 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7183 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7184 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7186 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7187 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7189 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7190 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7192 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7195 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7196 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7198 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7199 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7200 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7202 #endif
7204 else
7206 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7207 note size (ie. data object type). */
7208 return TRUE;
7211 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7212 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7213 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7216 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7217 int n = strlen (command);
7219 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7220 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7223 return TRUE;
7225 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7227 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7228 static bfd_boolean
7229 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7231 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7232 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7233 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7234 #endif
7237 pstatus_t pstat;
7239 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7241 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7243 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7244 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7246 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7247 pstatus32_t pstat;
7249 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7251 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7253 #endif
7254 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7255 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7256 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7258 return TRUE;
7260 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7262 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7263 static bfd_boolean
7264 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7266 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7267 char buf[100];
7268 char *name;
7269 size_t len;
7270 asection *sect;
7272 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7273 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7274 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7275 #endif
7277 return TRUE;
7279 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7281 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7282 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7284 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7286 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7287 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7288 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7289 if (name == NULL)
7290 return FALSE;
7291 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7293 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7294 if (sect == NULL)
7295 return FALSE;
7297 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7298 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7299 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7300 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7301 #endif
7303 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7304 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7305 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7306 #endif
7308 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7309 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7311 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7312 return FALSE;
7314 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7316 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7317 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7318 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7319 if (name == NULL)
7320 return FALSE;
7321 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7323 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7324 if (sect == NULL)
7325 return FALSE;
7327 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7328 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7329 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7330 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7331 #endif
7333 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7334 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7335 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7336 #endif
7338 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7339 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7341 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7343 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7345 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7346 static bfd_boolean
7347 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7349 char buf[30];
7350 char *name;
7351 size_t len;
7352 asection *sect;
7353 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7355 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7356 return TRUE;
7358 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7360 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7362 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7363 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7364 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7365 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7366 break;
7368 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7369 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7370 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7372 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7373 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7374 if (name == NULL)
7375 return FALSE;
7377 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7379 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7380 if (sect == NULL)
7381 return FALSE;
7383 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7384 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7385 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7386 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7387 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7388 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7390 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7391 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7392 return FALSE;
7393 break;
7395 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7396 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7397 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7398 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7400 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7401 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7402 if (name == NULL)
7403 return FALSE;
7405 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7407 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7409 if (sect == NULL)
7410 return FALSE;
7412 sect->size = note->descsz;
7413 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7414 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7415 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7416 break;
7418 default:
7419 return TRUE;
7422 return TRUE;
7424 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7426 static bfd_boolean
7427 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7431 switch (note->type)
7433 default:
7434 return TRUE;
7436 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7437 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7438 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7439 return TRUE;
7440 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7441 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7442 #else
7443 return TRUE;
7444 #endif
7446 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7447 case NT_PSTATUS:
7448 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7449 #endif
7451 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7452 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7453 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7454 #endif
7456 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7457 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7459 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7460 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7461 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7462 #endif
7464 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7465 if (note->namesz == 6
7466 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7467 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7468 else
7469 return TRUE;
7471 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7472 case NT_PSINFO:
7473 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7474 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7475 return TRUE;
7476 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7477 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7478 #else
7479 return TRUE;
7480 #endif
7482 case NT_AUXV:
7484 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
7486 if (sect == NULL)
7487 return FALSE;
7488 sect->size = note->descsz;
7489 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7490 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7491 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7493 return TRUE;
7498 static bfd_boolean
7499 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7501 char *cp;
7503 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7504 if (cp != NULL)
7506 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7507 return TRUE;
7509 return FALSE;
7512 static bfd_boolean
7513 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7516 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7517 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7518 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7520 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7521 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7522 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7524 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7525 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7526 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7528 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7529 note);
7532 static bfd_boolean
7533 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7535 int lwp;
7537 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7538 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7540 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7542 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7543 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7544 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7545 creates a core file. */
7547 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7550 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7551 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7552 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7553 understand it. */
7555 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7556 return TRUE;
7559 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7561 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7562 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7564 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7565 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7566 switch (note->type)
7568 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7569 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7571 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7572 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7574 default:
7575 return TRUE;
7578 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7579 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7581 default:
7582 switch (note->type)
7584 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7585 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7587 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7588 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7590 default:
7591 return TRUE;
7594 /* NOTREACHED */
7597 static bfd_boolean
7598 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
7600 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7601 char buf[100];
7602 char *name;
7603 asection *sect;
7604 short sig;
7605 unsigned flags;
7607 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7608 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7610 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7611 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7613 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7614 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7616 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7617 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7619 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7620 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7623 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7624 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7625 thread just in case. */
7626 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7627 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7629 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7630 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
7632 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7633 if (name == NULL)
7634 return FALSE;
7635 strcpy (name, buf);
7637 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7638 if (sect == NULL)
7639 return FALSE;
7641 sect->size = note->descsz;
7642 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7643 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7644 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7646 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7649 static bfd_boolean
7650 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7651 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7652 pid_t tid,
7653 char *base)
7655 char buf[100];
7656 char *name;
7657 asection *sect;
7659 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7660 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
7662 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7663 if (name == NULL)
7664 return FALSE;
7665 strcpy (name, buf);
7667 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7668 if (sect == NULL)
7669 return FALSE;
7671 sect->size = note->descsz;
7672 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7673 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7674 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7676 /* This is the current thread. */
7677 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7678 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7680 return TRUE;
7683 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7684 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7685 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7686 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7688 static bfd_boolean
7689 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7691 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7692 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7693 function. */
7694 static pid_t tid = 1;
7696 switch (note->type)
7698 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7700 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7701 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7702 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7703 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7704 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7705 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7706 default:
7707 return TRUE;
7711 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7713 Inputs:
7714 buffer to hold note
7715 name of note
7716 type of note
7717 data for note
7718 size of data for note
7720 Return:
7721 End of buffer containing note. */
7723 char *
7724 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7725 char *buf,
7726 int *bufsiz,
7727 const char *name,
7728 int type,
7729 const void *input,
7730 int size)
7732 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7733 size_t namesz;
7734 size_t pad;
7735 size_t newspace;
7736 char *p, *dest;
7738 namesz = 0;
7739 pad = 0;
7740 if (name != NULL)
7742 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7744 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7745 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7746 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
7749 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
7751 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7752 dest = p + *bufsiz;
7753 *bufsiz += newspace;
7754 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7755 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7756 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7757 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7758 dest = xnp->name;
7759 if (name != NULL)
7761 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7762 dest += namesz;
7763 while (pad != 0)
7765 *dest++ = '\0';
7766 --pad;
7769 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7770 return p;
7773 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7774 char *
7775 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7776 char *buf,
7777 int *bufsiz,
7778 const char *fname,
7779 const char *psargs)
7781 int note_type;
7782 char *note_name = "CORE";
7784 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7785 psinfo_t data;
7786 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7787 #else
7788 prpsinfo_t data;
7789 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7790 #endif
7792 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7793 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7794 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7795 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7796 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7798 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7800 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7801 char *
7802 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
7803 char *buf,
7804 int *bufsiz,
7805 long pid,
7806 int cursig,
7807 const void *gregs)
7809 prstatus_t prstat;
7810 char *note_name = "CORE";
7812 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
7813 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
7814 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7815 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
7816 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7817 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
7819 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
7821 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7822 char *
7823 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
7824 char *buf,
7825 int *bufsiz,
7826 long pid,
7827 int cursig,
7828 const void *gregs)
7830 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7831 char *note_name = "CORE";
7833 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
7834 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
7835 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7836 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7837 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
7838 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7839 #if !defined(gregs)
7840 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
7841 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
7842 #else
7843 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
7844 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
7845 #endif
7846 #endif
7847 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7848 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
7850 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
7852 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7853 char *
7854 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
7855 char *buf,
7856 int *bufsiz,
7857 long pid,
7858 int cursig,
7859 const void *gregs)
7861 pstatus_t pstat;
7862 char *note_name = "CORE";
7864 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
7865 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
7866 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7867 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
7868 return buf;
7870 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
7872 char *
7873 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7874 char *buf,
7875 int *bufsiz,
7876 const void *fpregs,
7877 int size)
7879 char *note_name = "CORE";
7880 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7881 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
7884 char *
7885 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7886 char *buf,
7887 int *bufsiz,
7888 const void *xfpregs,
7889 int size)
7891 char *note_name = "LINUX";
7892 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7893 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
7896 static bfd_boolean
7897 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
7899 char *buf;
7900 char *p;
7902 if (size <= 0)
7903 return TRUE;
7905 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
7906 return FALSE;
7908 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
7909 if (buf == NULL)
7910 return FALSE;
7912 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
7914 error:
7915 free (buf);
7916 return FALSE;
7919 p = buf;
7920 while (p < buf + size)
7922 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
7923 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
7924 Elf_Internal_Note in;
7926 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
7928 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
7929 in.namedata = xnp->name;
7931 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
7932 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
7933 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
7935 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
7937 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
7938 goto error;
7940 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
7942 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
7943 goto error;
7945 else
7947 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
7948 goto error;
7951 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
7954 free (buf);
7955 return TRUE;
7958 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
7960 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
7961 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
7962 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7964 long
7965 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7967 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7970 return -1;
7973 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
7976 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
7977 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
7978 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
7979 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
7981 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
7982 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7985 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
7987 int num_phdrs;
7989 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7991 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7992 return -1;
7995 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
7996 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
7997 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
7999 return num_phdrs;
8002 void
8003 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8005 #ifdef BFD64
8006 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8008 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8009 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8010 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8011 else
8013 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8015 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8016 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8017 #else
8018 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8019 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8020 #endif
8022 else
8023 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8025 #else
8026 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8027 #endif
8030 void
8031 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8033 #ifdef BFD64
8034 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8036 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8037 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8038 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8039 else
8041 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8043 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8044 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8045 #else
8046 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8047 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8048 #endif
8050 else
8051 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8052 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8054 #else
8055 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8056 #endif
8059 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8060 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8062 return reloc_class_normal;
8065 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8066 relocation against a local symbol. */
8068 bfd_vma
8069 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8071 asection **psec,
8072 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8074 asection *sec = *psec;
8075 bfd_vma relocation;
8077 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8078 + sec->output_offset
8079 + sym->st_value);
8080 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8081 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8082 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8084 rel->r_addend =
8085 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8086 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8087 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8088 if (sec != *psec)
8090 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8091 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8092 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8093 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8094 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8095 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8096 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8097 sec = *psec;
8099 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8100 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8102 return relocation;
8105 bfd_vma
8106 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8107 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8108 asection **psec,
8109 bfd_vma addend)
8111 asection *sec = *psec;
8113 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8114 return sym->st_value + addend;
8116 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8117 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8118 sym->st_value + addend);
8121 bfd_vma
8122 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8123 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8124 asection *sec,
8125 bfd_vma offset)
8127 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8129 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8130 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8131 offset);
8132 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8133 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8134 default:
8135 return offset;
8139 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8140 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8141 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8142 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8143 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8144 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8146 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8147 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8148 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8149 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8150 the remote memory. */
8152 bfd *
8153 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8154 (bfd *templ,
8155 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8156 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8157 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8159 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8160 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8163 long
8164 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8165 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8166 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8167 long dynsymcount,
8168 asymbol **dynsyms,
8169 asymbol **ret)
8171 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8172 asection *relplt;
8173 asymbol *s;
8174 const char *relplt_name;
8175 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8176 arelent *p;
8177 long count, i, n;
8178 size_t size;
8179 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8180 char *names;
8181 asection *plt;
8183 *ret = NULL;
8185 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8186 return 0;
8188 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8189 return 0;
8191 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8192 return 0;
8194 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8195 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8196 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8197 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8198 if (relplt == NULL)
8199 return 0;
8201 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8202 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8203 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8204 return 0;
8206 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8207 if (plt == NULL)
8208 return 0;
8210 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8211 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8212 return -1;
8214 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8215 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8216 p = relplt->relocation;
8217 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8218 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8220 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8221 if (s == NULL)
8222 return -1;
8224 names = (char *) (s + count);
8225 p = relplt->relocation;
8226 n = 0;
8227 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8229 size_t len;
8230 bfd_vma addr;
8232 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8233 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8234 continue;
8236 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8237 s->section = plt;
8238 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8239 s->name = names;
8240 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8241 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8242 names += len;
8243 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8244 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8245 ++n;
8248 return n;
8251 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8252 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8254 static int
8255 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8257 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8258 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8259 int shndx;
8261 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8262 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8263 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8264 return 1;
8265 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8266 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8267 return -1;
8269 /* Sorted by section index. */
8270 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8271 if (shndx != 0)
8272 return shndx;
8274 /* Sorted by binding. */
8275 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8278 struct elf_symbol
8280 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8281 const char *name;
8284 static int
8285 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8287 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8288 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8289 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8292 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8293 symbols. */
8295 bfd_boolean
8296 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8298 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8299 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8300 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8301 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8302 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8303 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8304 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8305 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8306 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8307 int shndx1, shndx2;
8308 bfd_boolean result;
8310 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8311 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8313 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8314 section name. */
8315 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8316 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8317 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8318 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8319 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8320 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8322 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8323 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8324 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8325 return FALSE;
8327 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8328 return FALSE;
8330 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8331 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8333 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8334 same group name. */
8335 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8336 return FALSE;
8339 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8340 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8341 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8342 return FALSE;
8344 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8345 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8346 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8347 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8348 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8349 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8351 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8352 return FALSE;
8354 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8355 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8356 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8357 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8359 result = FALSE;
8360 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8361 goto done;
8363 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8364 the beginning. */
8365 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8366 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8367 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8368 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8370 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8371 count1 = 0;
8372 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8373 isym < isymend; isym++)
8375 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8377 if (count1 == 0)
8378 isymstart1 = isym;
8379 count1++;
8382 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8383 break;
8386 count2 = 0;
8387 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8388 isym < isymend; isym++)
8390 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8392 if (count2 == 0)
8393 isymstart2 = isym;
8394 count2++;
8397 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8398 break;
8401 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8402 goto done;
8404 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8405 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8407 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8408 goto done;
8410 symp = symtable1;
8411 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8412 isym < isymend; isym++)
8414 symp->sym = isym;
8415 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8416 hdr1->sh_link,
8417 isym->st_name);
8418 symp++;
8421 symp = symtable2;
8422 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8423 isym < isymend; isym++)
8425 symp->sym = isym;
8426 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8427 hdr2->sh_link,
8428 isym->st_name);
8429 symp++;
8432 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8433 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8434 elf_sym_name_compare);
8435 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8436 elf_sym_name_compare);
8438 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8439 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8440 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8441 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8442 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8443 goto done;
8445 result = TRUE;
8447 done:
8448 if (symtable1)
8449 free (symtable1);
8450 if (symtable2)
8451 free (symtable2);
8452 if (isymbuf1)
8453 free (isymbuf1);
8454 if (isymbuf2)
8455 free (isymbuf2);
8457 return result;
8460 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8461 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8462 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8463 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",